Sema.h revision ca2ab45341c448284cf93770018c717810575f86
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 579 /// have been declared. 580 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 581 582 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 583 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 584 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 585 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 586 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 587 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 588 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 589 /// run time. 590 Unevaluated, 591 592 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 593 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 594 /// cases in a switch statment). 595 ConstantEvaluated, 596 597 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 598 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 599 /// expression at run time. 600 PotentiallyEvaluated, 601 602 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 603 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 604 /// in fact the current expression is used. 605 /// 606 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 607 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 608 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 609 /// until the default argument is used. 610 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 611 }; 612 613 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 614 /// expression evaluation contexts. 615 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 616 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 617 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 618 619 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 620 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 621 622 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 623 bool IsDecltype; 624 625 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 626 /// this expression evaluation context. 627 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 628 629 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 630 631 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 632 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 633 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 634 635 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 636 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 637 /// default function argument. 638 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 639 640 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 641 /// within this context. 642 /// 643 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 644 /// do not have lambda expressions. 645 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 646 647 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 648 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 649 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 650 651 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 652 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 653 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 654 655 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 656 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 657 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 658 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 659 bool IsDecltype) 660 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 661 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 662 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 663 664 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 665 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 666 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 667 if (!LambdaMangle) 668 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 669 return *LambdaMangle; 670 } 671 }; 672 673 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 674 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 675 676 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 677 /// function. 678 /// 679 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 680 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 681 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 682 public: 683 enum Kind { 684 NoMemberOrDeleted, 685 Ambiguous, 686 Success 687 }; 688 689 private: 690 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 691 692 public: 693 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 694 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 695 {} 696 697 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 698 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 699 700 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 701 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 702 }; 703 704 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 705 /// for C++ records. 706 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 707 708 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 709 /// 710 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 711 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 712 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 713 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 714 /// checks. 715 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 716 717 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 718 719 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 720 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 721 722 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 723 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 724 725 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 726 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 727 /// 728 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 729 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 730 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 731 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 732 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 733 734 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 735 // argument locations. 736 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 737 738 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 739 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 740 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 741 742 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 743 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 744 745 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 746 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 747 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 748 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 749 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 750 751 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 752 /// of -Wselector. 753 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 754 755 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 756 enum CXXSpecialMember { 757 CXXDefaultConstructor, 758 CXXCopyConstructor, 759 CXXMoveConstructor, 760 CXXCopyAssignment, 761 CXXMoveAssignment, 762 CXXDestructor, 763 CXXInvalid 764 }; 765 766 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 767 768 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 769 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 770 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 771 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 772 773 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 774 775 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 776 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 777 778 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 779 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 780 /// should not be used elsewhere. 781 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 782 783 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 784 /// statements. 785 class FPContractStateRAII { 786 public: 787 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 788 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 789 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 790 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 791 } 792 private: 793 Sema& S; 794 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 795 }; 796 797public: 798 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 799 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 800 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 801 ~Sema(); 802 803 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 804 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 805 void Initialize(); 806 807 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 808 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 809 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 810 811 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 812 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 813 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 814 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 815 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 816 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 817 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 818 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 819 820 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 821 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 822 /// 823 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 824 /// 825 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 826 827 void PrintStats() const; 828 829 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 830 /// template instantiation stacks. 831 /// 832 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 833 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 834 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 835 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 836 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 837 /// well. 838 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 839 Sema &SemaRef; 840 unsigned DiagID; 841 842 public: 843 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 844 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 845 846 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 847 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 848 if (!isActive()) return; 849 850 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 851 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 852 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 853 // 854 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 855 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 856 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 857 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 858 // eliminate that code. 859 FlushCounts(); 860 Clear(); 861 862 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 863 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 864 } 865 }; 866 867 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 868 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 869 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 870 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 871 } 872 873 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 874 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 875 876 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 877 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 878 879 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 880 881 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 882 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 883 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 884 885 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 886 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 887 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 888 889 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 890 891 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 892 893 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 894 895 void PushFunctionScope(); 896 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 897 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 898 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 899 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 900 901 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 902 return FunctionScopes.back(); 903 } 904 905 void PushCompoundScope(); 906 void PopCompoundScope(); 907 908 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 909 910 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 911 912 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 913 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 914 915 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 916 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 917 918 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 919 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 920 921 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 922 923 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 924 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 925 // 926 927 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 928 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 929 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 930 } 931 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 932 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 933 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 934 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 935 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 936 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 937 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 938 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 939 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 940 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 941 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 942 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 943 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 944 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 945 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 946 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 947 SourceLocation Loc, 948 DeclarationName Entity); 949 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 950 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 951 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 952 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 953 954 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 955 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 956 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 957 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 958 959 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 960 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 961 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 962 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 963 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 964 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 965 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 966 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 967 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 968 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 969 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 970 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 971 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 972 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 973 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 974 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 975 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 976 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 977 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 978 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 979 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 980 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 981 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 982 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 983 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 984 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 985 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 986 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 987 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 988 989 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 990 991 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 992 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 993 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 994 995 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 996 struct TypeDiagnoser { 997 bool Suppressed; 998 999 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1000 1001 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1002 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1003 }; 1004 1005 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1006 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1007 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1008 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1009 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1010 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1011 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1012 return II; 1013 } 1014 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1015 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1016 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1017 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1018 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1019 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1020 1021 template<typename T1> 1022 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1023 unsigned DiagID; 1024 const T1 &Arg1; 1025 1026 public: 1027 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1028 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1029 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1030 if (Suppressed) return; 1031 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1032 } 1033 1034 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1035 }; 1036 1037 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1038 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1039 unsigned DiagID; 1040 const T1 &Arg1; 1041 const T2 &Arg2; 1042 1043 public: 1044 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1045 const T2 &Arg2) 1046 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1047 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1048 1049 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1050 if (Suppressed) return; 1051 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1052 } 1053 1054 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1055 }; 1056 1057 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1058 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1059 unsigned DiagID; 1060 const T1 &Arg1; 1061 const T2 &Arg2; 1062 const T3 &Arg3; 1063 1064 public: 1065 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1066 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1067 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1068 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1069 1070 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1071 if (Suppressed) return; 1072 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1073 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1074 } 1075 1076 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1077 }; 1078 1079 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1080 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1081 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1082 unsigned DiagID); 1083 1084 template<typename T1> 1085 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1086 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1087 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1088 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1089 } 1090 1091 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1092 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1093 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1094 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1095 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1096 } 1097 1098 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1099 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1100 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1101 const T3 &Arg3) { 1102 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1103 Arg3); 1104 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1105 } 1106 1107 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1108 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1109 1110 template<typename T1> 1111 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1112 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1113 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1114 } 1115 1116 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1117 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1118 const T2 &Arg2) { 1119 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1120 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1121 } 1122 1123 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1124 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1125 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1126 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1127 Arg3); 1128 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1129 } 1130 1131 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1132 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1133 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1134 1135 template<typename T1> 1136 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1137 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1138 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1139 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1140 } 1141 1142 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1143 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1144 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1145 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1146 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1147 } 1148 1149 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1150 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1151 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1152 const T3 &Arg3) { 1153 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1154 Arg3); 1155 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1156 } 1157 1158 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1159 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1160 1161 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1162 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1163 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1164 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1165 SourceLocation Loc); 1166 1167 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1168 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1169 // 1170 1171 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1172 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1173 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1174 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1175 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1176 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1177 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1178 /// such as: 1179 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1180 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1181 1182 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1183 1184 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1185 1186 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1187 1188 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1189 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1190 bool isClassName = false, 1191 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1192 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1193 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1194 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1195 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1196 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1197 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1198 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1199 SourceLocation IILoc, 1200 Scope *S, 1201 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1202 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1203 1204 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1205 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1206 enum NameClassificationKind { 1207 NC_Unknown, 1208 NC_Error, 1209 NC_Keyword, 1210 NC_Type, 1211 NC_Expression, 1212 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1213 NC_TypeTemplate, 1214 NC_FunctionTemplate 1215 }; 1216 1217 class NameClassification { 1218 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1219 ExprResult Expr; 1220 TemplateName Template; 1221 ParsedType Type; 1222 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1223 1224 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1225 1226 public: 1227 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1228 1229 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1230 1231 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1232 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1233 1234 static NameClassification Error() { 1235 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1236 } 1237 1238 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1239 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1240 } 1241 1242 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1243 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1244 } 1245 1246 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1247 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1248 Result.Template = Name; 1249 return Result; 1250 } 1251 1252 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1253 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1254 Result.Template = Name; 1255 return Result; 1256 } 1257 1258 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1259 1260 ParsedType getType() const { 1261 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1262 return Type; 1263 } 1264 1265 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1266 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1267 return Expr; 1268 } 1269 1270 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1271 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1272 return Template; 1273 } 1274 1275 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1276 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1277 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1278 } 1279 }; 1280 1281 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1282 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1283 /// 1284 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1285 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1286 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1287 /// 1288 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1289 /// 1290 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1291 /// 1292 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1293 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1294 /// 1295 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1296 /// 1297 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1298 /// disambiguate the name. 1299 /// 1300 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1301 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1302 /// expression. 1303 /// 1304 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1305 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1306 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1307 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1308 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1309 const Token &NextToken, 1310 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1311 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1312 1313 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1314 1315 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1316 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1317 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1318 const LookupResult &Previous, 1319 Scope *S); 1320 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1321 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1322 DeclarationName Name, 1323 SourceLocation Loc); 1324 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1325 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1326 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1327 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1328 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1329 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1330 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1331 LookupResult &Previous); 1332 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1333 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1334 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1335 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1336 LookupResult &Previous, 1337 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1338 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1339 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1340 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1341 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1342 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1343 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1344 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1345 LookupResult &Previous, 1346 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1347 bool &AddToScope); 1348 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1349 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1350 1351 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1352 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1353 1354 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1355 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1356 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1357 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1358 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1359 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1360 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1361 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1362 SourceLocation Loc, 1363 QualType T); 1364 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1365 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1366 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1367 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1368 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1369 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1370 Expr *defarg); 1371 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1372 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1373 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1374 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1375 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1376 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1377 1378 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1379 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1380 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1381 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1382 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1383 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1384 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1385 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1386 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1387 Decl **Group, 1388 unsigned NumDecls); 1389 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1390 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1391 1392 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1393 /// documentation comments. 1394 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1395 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1396 1397 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1398 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1399 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1400 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1401 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1402 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1403 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1404 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1405 } 1406 1407 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1408 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1409 /// code for that function. 1410 /// 1411 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1412 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1413 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1414 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1415 1416 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1417 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1418 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1419 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1420 1421 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1422 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1423 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1424 1425 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1426 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1427 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1428 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1429 1430 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1431 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1432 /// specified threshold. 1433 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1434 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1435 QualType ReturnTy, 1436 NamedDecl *D); 1437 1438 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1439 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1440 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1441 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1442 1443 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1444 /// 1445 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1446 /// 1447 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1448 /// 1449 /// \param Path The module access path. 1450 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1451 ModuleIdPath Path); 1452 1453 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1454 /// source location. 1455 /// 1456 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1457 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1458 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1459 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1460 1461 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1462 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1463 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1464 } 1465 1466 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1467 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1468 const Preprocessor &PP); 1469 1470 /// Scope actions. 1471 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1472 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1473 1474 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1475 DeclSpec &DS); 1476 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1477 DeclSpec &DS, 1478 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1479 1480 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1481 AccessSpecifier AS, 1482 RecordDecl *Record); 1483 1484 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1485 RecordDecl *Record); 1486 1487 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1488 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1489 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1490 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1491 1492 enum TagUseKind { 1493 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1494 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1495 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1496 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1497 }; 1498 1499 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1500 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1501 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1502 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1503 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1504 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1505 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1506 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1507 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1508 1509 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1510 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1511 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1512 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1513 AttributeList *Attr, 1514 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1515 1516 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1517 unsigned TagSpec, 1518 TagUseKind TUK, 1519 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1520 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1521 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1522 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1523 1524 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1525 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1526 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1527 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1528 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1529 1530 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1531 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1532 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1533 AccessSpecifier AS); 1534 1535 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1536 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1537 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1538 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1539 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1540 SourceLocation TSSL, 1541 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1542 Declarator *D = 0); 1543 1544 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1545 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1546 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1547 bool Diagnose = false); 1548 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1549 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1550 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1551 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1552 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1553 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1554 1555 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1556 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1557 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1558 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1559 AttributeList *AttrList); 1560 1561 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1562 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1563 /// struct, or union). 1564 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1565 1566 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1567 1568 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1569 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1570 /// member declarations. 1571 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1572 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1573 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1574 1575 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1576 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1577 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1578 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1579 1580 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1581 1582 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1583 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1584 /// 1585 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1586 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1587 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1588 1589 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1590 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1591 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1592 1593 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1594 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1595 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1596 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1597 Expr *val); 1598 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1599 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1600 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1601 1602 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1603 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1604 AttributeList *Attrs, 1605 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1606 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1607 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1608 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1609 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1610 1611 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1612 1613 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1614 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1615 void PopDeclContext(); 1616 1617 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1618 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1619 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1620 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1621 1622 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1623 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1624 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1625 1626 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1627 1628 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1629 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1630 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1631 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1632 1633 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1634 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1635 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1636 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1637 1638 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1639 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1640 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1641 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1642 1643 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1644 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1645 1646 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1647 /// top level scope. 1648 /// 1649 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1650 /// 1651 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1652 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1653 1654 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1655 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1656 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1657 /// 1658 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1659 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1660 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1661 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1662 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1663 1664 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1665 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1666 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1667 1668 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1669 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1670 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1671 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1672 1673 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1674 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1675 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1676 VersionTuple Introduced, 1677 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1678 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1679 bool IsUnavailable, 1680 StringRef Message); 1681 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1682 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1683 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1684 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1685 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1686 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1687 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1688 bool mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1689 1690 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1691 bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1692 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1693 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1694 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1695 Scope *S); 1696 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1697 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1698 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1699 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1700 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1701 1702 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1703 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1704 enum AssignmentAction { 1705 AA_Assigning, 1706 AA_Passing, 1707 AA_Returning, 1708 AA_Converting, 1709 AA_Initializing, 1710 AA_Sending, 1711 AA_Casting 1712 }; 1713 1714 /// C++ Overloading. 1715 enum OverloadKind { 1716 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1717 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1718 Ovl_Overload, 1719 1720 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1721 /// an existing declaration. 1722 Ovl_Match, 1723 1724 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1725 /// non-function. 1726 Ovl_NonFunction 1727 }; 1728 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1729 FunctionDecl *New, 1730 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1731 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1732 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1733 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1734 1735 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1736 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1737 /// 1738 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1739 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1740 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1741 1742 ImplicitConversionSequence 1743 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1744 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1745 bool AllowExplicit, 1746 bool InOverloadResolution, 1747 bool CStyle, 1748 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1749 1750 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1751 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1752 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1753 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1754 bool InOverloadResolution, 1755 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1756 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1757 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1758 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1759 QualType &ConvertedType); 1760 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1761 QualType& ConvertedType); 1762 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1763 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1764 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1765 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1766 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1767 1768 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1769 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1770 CastKind &Kind, 1771 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1772 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1773 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1774 bool InOverloadResolution, 1775 QualType &ConvertedType); 1776 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1777 CastKind &Kind, 1778 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1779 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1780 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1781 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1782 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1783 QualType &ResultTy); 1784 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1785 1786 1787 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1788 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1789 QualType ResultType, 1790 Expr *Value, 1791 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1792 1793 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1794 ExprResult Init); 1795 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1796 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1797 ExprResult Init, 1798 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1799 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1800 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1801 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1802 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1803 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1804 1805 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1806 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1807 1808 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1809 enum CCEKind { 1810 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1811 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1812 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1813 }; 1814 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1815 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1816 1817 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1818 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1819 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1820 public: 1821 bool Suppress; 1822 bool SuppressConversion; 1823 1824 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1825 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1826 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1827 1828 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1829 /// integral or enumeration type. 1830 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1831 QualType T) = 0; 1832 1833 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1834 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1835 QualType T) = 0; 1836 1837 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1838 /// is explicit. 1839 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1840 QualType T, 1841 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1842 1843 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1844 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1845 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1846 1847 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1848 /// functions. 1849 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1850 QualType T) = 0; 1851 1852 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1853 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1854 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1855 1856 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1857 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1858 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1859 QualType T, 1860 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1861 1862 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1863 }; 1864 1865 ExprResult 1866 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1867 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1868 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1869 1870 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1871 OS_Array, 1872 OS_Dictionary, 1873 OS_Error 1874 }; 1875 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1876 1877 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1878 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1879 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1880 LK_Array, 1881 LK_Dictionary, 1882 LK_Numeric, 1883 LK_Boxed, 1884 LK_String, 1885 LK_Block, 1886 LK_None 1887 }; 1888 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1889 1890 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1891 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1892 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1893 NamedDecl *Member); 1894 1895 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1896 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1897 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1898 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1899 1900 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1901 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1902 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1903 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1904 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1905 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1906 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1907 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1908 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1909 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1910 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1911 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1912 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1913 QualType ObjectType, 1914 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1915 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1916 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1917 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1918 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1919 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1920 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1921 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1922 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1923 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1924 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1925 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1926 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1927 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1928 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1929 QualType ObjectType, 1930 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1931 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1932 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1933 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1934 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1935 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1936 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1937 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1938 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1939 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1940 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1941 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1942 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1943 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1944 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1945 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1946 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1947 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1948 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1949 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1950 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1951 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1952 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1953 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1954 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1955 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1956 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1957 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1958 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1959 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1960 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1961 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1962 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1963 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1964 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1965 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1966 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1967 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1968 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1969 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1970 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1971 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1972 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1973 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1974 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1975 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1976 1977 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1978 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1979 1980 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1981 // identified by the expression Expr 1982 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1983 1984 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1985 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1986 // R (A) --> R(A) 1987 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1988 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1989 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1990 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1991 1992 FunctionDecl * 1993 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1994 QualType TargetType, 1995 bool Complain, 1996 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1997 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1998 1999 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2000 bool Complain = false, 2001 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2002 2003 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2004 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2005 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2006 bool Complain = false, 2007 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2008 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2009 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2010 2011 2012 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2013 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2014 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2015 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2016 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2017 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2018 2019 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2020 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2021 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2022 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2023 2024 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2025 // range-based for loop. 2026 enum ForRangeStatus { 2027 FRS_Success, 2028 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2029 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2030 }; 2031 2032 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2033 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2034 enum BeginEndFunction { 2035 BEF_begin, 2036 BEF_end 2037 }; 2038 2039 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2040 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2041 VarDecl *Decl, 2042 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2043 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2044 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2045 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2046 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2047 2048 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2049 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2050 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2051 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2052 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2053 Expr *ExecConfig, 2054 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2055 2056 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2057 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2058 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2059 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2060 ExprResult *Result); 2061 2062 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2063 unsigned Opc, 2064 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2065 Expr *input); 2066 2067 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2068 unsigned Opc, 2069 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2070 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2071 2072 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2073 SourceLocation RLoc, 2074 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2075 2076 ExprResult 2077 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2078 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2079 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2080 ExprResult 2081 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2082 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2083 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2084 2085 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2086 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2087 2088 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2089 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2090 /// that best represents the call. 2091 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2092 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2093 2094 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2095 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2096 bool CheckParameterNames); 2097 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2098 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2099 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2100 2101 /// \name Name lookup 2102 /// 2103 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2104 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2105 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2106 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2107 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2108 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2109 /// 2110 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2111 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2112 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2113 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2114 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2115 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2116 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2117 /// 2118 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2119 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2120 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2121 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2122 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2123 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2124 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2125 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2126 //@{ 2127 2128 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2129 enum LookupNameKind { 2130 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2131 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2132 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2133 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2134 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2135 /// structs, and unions. 2136 LookupTagName, 2137 /// Label name lookup. 2138 LookupLabel, 2139 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2140 /// class/struct/union members. 2141 LookupMemberName, 2142 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2143 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2144 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2145 LookupOperatorName, 2146 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2147 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2148 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2149 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2150 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2151 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2152 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2153 LookupNamespaceName, 2154 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2155 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2156 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2157 LookupUsingDeclName, 2158 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2159 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2160 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2161 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2162 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2163 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2164 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2165 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2166 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2167 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2168 LookupAnyName 2169 }; 2170 2171 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2172 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2173 enum RedeclarationKind { 2174 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2175 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2176 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2177 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2178 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2179 ForRedeclaration 2180 }; 2181 2182 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2183 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2184 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2185 LOLR_Error, 2186 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2187 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2188 LOLR_Cooked, 2189 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2190 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2191 LOLR_Raw, 2192 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2193 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2194 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2195 LOLR_Template 2196 }; 2197 2198 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2199 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2200 bool ConstArg, 2201 bool VolatileArg, 2202 bool RValueThis, 2203 bool ConstThis, 2204 bool VolatileThis); 2205 2206private: 2207 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2208 2209 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2210 // 2211 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2212 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2213 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2214 2215 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2216 /// source. 2217 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2218 2219public: 2220 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2221 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2222 /// 2223 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2224 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2225 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2226 SourceLocation Loc, 2227 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2228 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2229 = NotForRedeclaration); 2230 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2231 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2232 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2233 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2234 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2235 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2236 bool EnteringContext = false); 2237 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2238 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2239 = NotForRedeclaration); 2240 2241 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2242 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2243 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2244 2245 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2246 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2247 2248 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2249 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2250 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2251 unsigned Quals); 2252 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2253 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2254 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2255 unsigned Quals); 2256 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2257 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2258 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2259 2260 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2261 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2262 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2263 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2264 2265 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2266 SourceLocation Loc, 2267 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2268 ADLResult &Functions); 2269 2270 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2271 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2272 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2273 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2274 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2275 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2276 2277 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2278 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2279 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2280 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2281 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2282 bool EnteringContext = false, 2283 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2284 2285 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2286 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2287 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2288 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2289 2290 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2291 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2292 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2293 2294 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2295 //@} 2296 2297 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2298 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2299 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2300 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2301 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2302 SourceLocation Loc); 2303 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2304 Scope *S); 2305 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2306 2307 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2308 2309 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2310 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2311 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2312 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2313 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2314 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2315 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2316 2317 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2318 2319 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2320 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2321 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2322 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2323 2324 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2325 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2326 SourceRange Range); 2327 2328 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2329 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2330 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2331 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2332 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2333 2334 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2335 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2336 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2337 2338 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2339 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2340 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2341 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2342 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2343 2344 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2345 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2346 2347 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2348 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2349 2350 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2351 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2352 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2353 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2354 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2355 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2356 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2357 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2358 2359 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2360 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2361 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2362 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2363 SourceLocation Loc); 2364 2365 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2366 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2367 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2368 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2369 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2370 2371 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2372 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2373 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2374 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2375 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2376 2377 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2378 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2379 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2380 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2381 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2382 2383 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2384 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2385 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2386 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2387 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2388 2389 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2390 /// class extensions. 2391 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2392 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2393 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2394 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2395 Selector GetterSel, 2396 Selector SetterSel, 2397 const bool isAssign, 2398 const bool isReadWrite, 2399 const unsigned Attributes, 2400 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2401 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2402 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2403 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2404 2405 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2406 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2407 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2408 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2409 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2410 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2411 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2412 Selector GetterSel, 2413 Selector SetterSel, 2414 const bool isAssign, 2415 const bool isReadWrite, 2416 const unsigned Attributes, 2417 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2418 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2419 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2420 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2421 2422 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2423 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2424 /// setter or getter. 2425 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2426 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2427 2428 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2429 2430 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2431 2432 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2433 MMS_loose, 2434 MMS_strict 2435 }; 2436 2437 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2438 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2439 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2440 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2441 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2442 2443 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2444 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2445 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2446 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2447 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2448 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2449 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2450 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2451 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2452 bool ImmediateClass, 2453 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2454 2455 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2456 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2457 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2458 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2459 2460 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2461 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2462 2463private: 2464 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2465 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2466 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2467 2468 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2469 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2470 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2471 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2472 bool warn, bool instance); 2473 2474public: 2475 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2476 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2477 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2478 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2479 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2480 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2481 } 2482 2483 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2484 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2485 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2486 } 2487 2488 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2489 /// pool. 2490 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2491 2492 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2493 /// there are multiple signatures. 2494 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2495 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2496 bool warn=true) { 2497 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2498 warn, /*instance*/true); 2499 } 2500 2501 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2502 /// there are multiple signatures. 2503 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2504 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2505 bool warn=true) { 2506 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2507 warn, /*instance*/false); 2508 } 2509 2510 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2511 /// implementation. 2512 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2513 2514 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2515 /// initialization. 2516 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2517 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2518 2519 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2520 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2521public: 2522 class FullExprArg { 2523 public: 2524 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2525 2526 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2527 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2528 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2529 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2530 2531 ExprResult release() { 2532 return E; 2533 } 2534 2535 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2536 2537 Expr *operator->() { 2538 return E; 2539 } 2540 2541 private: 2542 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2543 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2544 friend class Sema; 2545 2546 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2547 2548 Expr *E; 2549 }; 2550 2551 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2552 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2553 } 2554 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2555 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2556 } 2557 2558 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2559 2560 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2561 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2562 2563 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2564 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2565 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2566 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2567 bool isStmtExpr); 2568 2569 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2570 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2571 public: 2572 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2573 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2574 } 2575 2576 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2577 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2578 } 2579 2580 private: 2581 Sema &S; 2582 }; 2583 2584 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2585 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2586 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2587 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2588 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2589 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2590 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2591 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2592 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2593 2594 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2595 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2596 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2597 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2598 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2599 2600 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2601 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2602 Stmt *SubStmt); 2603 2604 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2605 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2606 Stmt *ThenVal, 2607 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2608 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2609 Expr *Cond, 2610 Decl *CondVar); 2611 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2612 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2613 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2614 FullExprArg Cond, 2615 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2616 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2617 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2618 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2619 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2620 2621 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2622 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2623 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2624 Decl *SecondVar, 2625 FullExprArg Third, 2626 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2627 Stmt *Body); 2628 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2629 Expr *collection); 2630 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2631 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2632 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2633 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2634 2635 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2636 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2637 BFRK_Build, 2638 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2639 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2640 BFRK_Rebuild, 2641 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2642 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2643 BFRK_Check 2644 }; 2645 2646 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2647 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2648 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2649 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2650 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2651 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2652 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2653 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2654 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2655 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2656 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2657 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2658 2659 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2660 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2661 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2662 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2663 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2664 Expr *DestExp); 2665 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2666 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2667 2668 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2669 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2670 2671 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2672 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2673 2674 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2675 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2676 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2677 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2678 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2679 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2680 2681 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2682 unsigned &Size, bool &IsVarDecl); 2683 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2684 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2685 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2686 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2687 2688 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2689 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2690 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2691 bool Invalid = false); 2692 2693 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2694 2695 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2696 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2697 2698 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2699 2700 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2701 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2702 2703 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2704 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2705 Scope *CurScope); 2706 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2707 Expr *operand); 2708 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2709 Expr *SynchExpr, 2710 Stmt *SynchBody); 2711 2712 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2713 2714 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2715 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2716 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2717 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2718 2719 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2720 2721 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2722 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2723 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2724 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2725 2726 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2727 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2728 Stmt *TryBlock, 2729 Stmt *Handler); 2730 2731 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2732 Expr *FilterExpr, 2733 Stmt *Block); 2734 2735 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2736 Stmt *Block); 2737 2738 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2739 2740 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2741 2742 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2743 /// of it. 2744 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2745 2746 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2747 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2748 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2749 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2750 2751 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2752 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2753 /// 2754 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2755 /// if (condition); 2756 /// do_stuff(); 2757 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2758 const Stmt *Body, 2759 unsigned DiagID); 2760 2761 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2762 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2763 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2764 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2765 2766 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2767 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2768 } 2769 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2770 2771 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2772 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2773 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2774 } 2775 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2776 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2777 } 2778 2779 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2780 2781 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2782 SourceLocation Loc, 2783 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2784 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2785 2786 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2787 2788 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2789 StringRef message); 2790 2791 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2792 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2793 2794 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2795 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2796 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2797 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2798 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2799 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2800 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2801 SourceLocation Loc); 2802 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2803 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2804 2805 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2806 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2807 bool IsDecltype = false); 2808 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2809 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2810 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2811 bool IsDecltype = false); 2812 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2813 2814 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2815 2816 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2817 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2818 2819 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2820 2821 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2822 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2823 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2824 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2825 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2826 // named expressions. 2827 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2828 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2829 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2830 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2831 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2832 2833 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2834 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2835 2836 enum TryCaptureKind { 2837 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2838 }; 2839 2840 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2841 /// 2842 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2843 /// 2844 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2845 /// 2846 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2847 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2848 /// 2849 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2850 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2851 /// 2852 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2853 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2854 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2855 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2856 /// 2857 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2858 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2859 /// variable can be captured. 2860 /// 2861 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2862 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2863 /// captured. 2864 /// 2865 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2866 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2867 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2868 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2869 QualType &CaptureType, 2870 QualType &DeclRefType); 2871 2872 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2873 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2874 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2875 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2876 2877 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2878 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2879 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2880 2881 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2882 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2883 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2884 2885 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2886 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2887 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2888 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2889 bool ForceComplain = false, 2890 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2891 2892 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2893 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2894 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2895 2896 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2897 /// evaluation context. 2898 /// 2899 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2900 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2901 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2902 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2903 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2904 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2905 2906 // Primary Expressions. 2907 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2908 2909 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2910 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2911 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2912 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2913 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2914 2915 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2916 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2917 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2918 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2919 2920 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2921 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2922 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2923 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2924 2925 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2926 IdentifierInfo *II, 2927 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2928 2929 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2930 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2931 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2932 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2933 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2934 2935 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2936 ExprValueKind VK, 2937 SourceLocation Loc, 2938 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2939 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2940 ExprValueKind VK, 2941 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2942 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2943 ExprResult 2944 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2945 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2946 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2947 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2948 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2949 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2950 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2951 LookupResult &R, 2952 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2953 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2954 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2955 LookupResult &R, 2956 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2957 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2958 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2959 const LookupResult &R, 2960 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2961 2962 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2963 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2964 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 2965 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2966 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2967 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2968 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2969 2970 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2971 LookupResult &R, 2972 bool NeedsADL); 2973 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2974 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2975 NamedDecl *D); 2976 2977 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2978 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2979 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2980 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2981 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2982 2983 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2984 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2985 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2986 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2987 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2988 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2989 SourceLocation R, 2990 MultiExprArg Val); 2991 2992 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2993 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2994 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2995 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2996 2997 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2998 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2999 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3000 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3001 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3002 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3003 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3004 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3005 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3006 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3007 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3008 Expr **Exprs, 3009 unsigned NumAssocs); 3010 3011 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3012 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3013 Expr *InputExpr); 3014 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3015 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3016 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3017 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3018 3019 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3020 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3021 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3022 SourceRange R); 3023 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3024 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3025 ExprResult 3026 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3027 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3028 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3029 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3030 3031 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3032 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3033 3034 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3035 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3036 SourceRange ExprRange, 3037 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3038 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3039 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3040 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3041 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3042 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3043 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3044 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3045 3046 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3047 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3048 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3049 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3050 3051 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3052 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3053 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3054 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3055 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3056 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3057 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3058 3059 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3060 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3061 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3062 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3063 // defines a custom operator->). 3064 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3065 Scope *S; 3066 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3067 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3068 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3069 }; 3070 3071 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3072 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3073 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3074 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3075 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3076 LookupResult &R, 3077 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3078 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3079 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3080 3081 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3082 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3083 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3084 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3085 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3086 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3087 3088 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3089 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3090 const LookupResult &R); 3091 3092 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3093 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3094 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3095 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3096 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3097 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3098 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3099 3100 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3101 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3102 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3103 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3104 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3105 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3106 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3107 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3108 3109 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3110 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3111 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3112 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3113 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3114 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3115 bool ExecConfig = false); 3116 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3117 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3118 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3119 3120 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3121 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3122 /// locations. 3123 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3124 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3125 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3126 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3127 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3128 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3129 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3130 Expr *Config = 0, 3131 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3132 3133 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3134 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3135 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3136 3137 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3138 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3139 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3140 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3141 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3142 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3143 Expr *Op); 3144 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3145 3146 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3147 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3148 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3149 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3150 3151 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3152 3153 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3154 ParsedType Ty, 3155 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3156 Expr *InitExpr); 3157 3158 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3160 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3161 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3162 3163 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3164 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3165 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3166 3167 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3168 SourceLocation Loc, 3169 bool GNUSyntax, 3170 ExprResult Init); 3171 3172 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3173 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3174 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3175 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3176 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3177 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3178 3179 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3180 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3181 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3182 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3183 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3184 3185 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3186 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3187 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3188 3189 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3190 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3191 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3192 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3193 3194 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3195 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3196 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3197 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3198 union { 3199 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3200 Expr *E; 3201 } U; 3202 }; 3203 3204 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3205 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3207 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3208 unsigned NumComponents, 3209 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3210 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3211 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3212 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3213 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3214 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3215 unsigned NumComponents, 3216 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3217 3218 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3219 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3220 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3221 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3222 3223 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3224 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3225 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3226 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3227 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3228 3229 // __null 3230 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3231 3232 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3233 3234 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3235 enum IfExistsResult { 3236 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3237 IER_Exists, 3238 3239 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3240 IER_DoesNotExist, 3241 3242 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3243 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3244 IER_Dependent, 3245 3246 /// \brief An error occurred. 3247 IER_Error 3248 }; 3249 3250 IfExistsResult 3251 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3252 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3253 3254 IfExistsResult 3255 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3256 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3257 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3258 3259 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3260 bool IsIfExists, 3261 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3262 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3263 Stmt *Nested); 3264 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3265 bool IsIfExists, 3266 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3267 Stmt *Nested); 3268 3269 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3270 3271 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3272 /// started. 3273 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3274 3275 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3276 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3277 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3278 Scope *CurScope); 3279 3280 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3281 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3282 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3283 3284 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3285 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3286 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3287 Scope *CurScope); 3288 3289 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3290 3291 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3292 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3293 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3294 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3295 3296 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3297 3298 // Act on C++ namespaces 3299 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3300 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3301 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3302 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3303 SourceLocation LBrace, 3304 AttributeList *AttrList); 3305 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3306 3307 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3308 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3309 3310 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3311 3312 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3313 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3314 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3315 3316 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3317 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3318 /// 3319 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3320 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3321 3322 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3323 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3324 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3325 3326 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3327 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3328 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3329 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3330 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3331 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3332 AttributeList *AttrList); 3333 3334 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3335 3336 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3337 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3338 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3339 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3340 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3341 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3342 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3343 3344 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3345 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3346 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3347 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3348 NamedDecl *Target); 3349 3350 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3351 bool isTypeName, 3352 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3353 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3354 const LookupResult &Previous); 3355 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3356 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3357 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3358 3359 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3360 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3361 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3362 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3363 AttributeList *AttrList, 3364 bool IsInstantiation, 3365 bool IsTypeName, 3366 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3367 3368 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3369 3370 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3371 AccessSpecifier AS, 3372 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3373 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3374 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3375 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3376 AttributeList *AttrList, 3377 bool IsTypeName, 3378 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3379 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3380 AccessSpecifier AS, 3381 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3382 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3383 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3384 TypeResult Type); 3385 3386 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3387 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3388 /// 3389 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3390 ExprResult 3391 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3392 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3393 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3394 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3395 SourceRange ParenRange); 3396 3397 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3398 // the constructor can be elidable? 3399 ExprResult 3400 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3401 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3402 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3403 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3404 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3405 3406 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3407 /// the default expr if needed. 3408 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3409 FunctionDecl *FD, 3410 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3411 3412 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3413 /// constructed variable. 3414 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3415 3416 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3417 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3418 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3419 // Pointer to allow copying 3420 Sema *Self; 3421 // We order exception specifications thus: 3422 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3423 // throw() comes next. 3424 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3425 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3426 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3427 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3428 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3429 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3430 3431 void ClearExceptions() { 3432 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3433 Exceptions.clear(); 3434 } 3435 3436 public: 3437 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3438 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3439 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3440 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3441 } 3442 3443 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3444 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3445 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3446 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3447 return ComputedEST; 3448 } 3449 3450 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3451 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3452 3453 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3454 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3455 3456 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3457 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3458 3459 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3460 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3461 3462 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3463 /// computed exception specification. 3464 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3465 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3466 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3467 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3468 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3469 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3470 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3471 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3472 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3473 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3474 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3475 tok::kw_false).take(); 3476 } 3477 } 3478 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3479 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3480 getEPI(EPI); 3481 return EPI; 3482 } 3483 }; 3484 3485 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3486 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3487 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3488 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3489 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3490 3491 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3492 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3493 /// will be const. 3494 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3495 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3496 3497 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3498 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3499 /// parameter will be const. 3500 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3501 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3502 3503 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3504 /// constructor of a class will have. 3505 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3506 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3507 3508 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3509 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3510 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3511 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3512 3513 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3514 /// destructor of a class will have. 3515 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3516 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3517 3518 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3519 /// special member function. 3520 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3521 3522 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3523 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3524 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3525 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3526 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3527 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3528 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3529 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3530 3531 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3532 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3533 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3534 bool Diagnose = false); 3535 3536 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3537 /// 3538 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3539 /// default constructor will be added. 3540 /// 3541 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3542 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3543 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3544 3545 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3546 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3547 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3548 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3549 3550 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3551 /// 3552 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3553 /// destructor will be added. 3554 /// 3555 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3556 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3557 3558 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3559 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3560 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3561 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3562 3563 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3564 /// 3565 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3566 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3567 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3568 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3569 3570 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3571 /// 3572 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3573 /// constructors will be added. 3574 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3575 3576 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3577 /// 3578 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3579 /// copy constructor will be added. 3580 /// 3581 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3582 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3583 3584 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3585 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3586 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3587 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3588 3589 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3590 /// 3591 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3592 /// move constructor will be added. 3593 /// 3594 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3595 /// declared. 3596 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3597 3598 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3599 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3600 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3601 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3602 3603 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3604 /// 3605 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3606 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3607 /// 3608 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3609 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3610 3611 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3612 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3613 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3614 3615 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3616 /// 3617 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3618 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3619 /// 3620 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3621 /// wasn't declared. 3622 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3623 3624 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3625 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3626 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3627 3628 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3629 /// class. 3630 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3631 3632 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3633 /// special member function. 3634 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3635 3636 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3637 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3638 /// 3639 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3640 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3641 3642 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3643 /// member function. 3644 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3645 3646 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3647 /// static member function. 3648 /// 3649 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3650 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3651 3652 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3653 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3654 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3655 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3656 3657 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3658 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3659 SourceLocation Loc, 3660 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3661 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3662 3663 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3664 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3665 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3666 ParsedType ObjectType, 3667 bool EnteringContext); 3668 3669 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3670 3671 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3672 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3673 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3674 3675 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3676 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3677 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3678 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3679 Declarator &D, 3680 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3681 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3682 Expr *E, 3683 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3684 3685 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3686 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3687 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3688 Expr *E, 3689 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3690 SourceRange Parens); 3691 3692 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3693 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3694 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3695 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3696 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3697 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3698 Expr *Operand, 3699 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3700 3701 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3702 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3703 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3704 void *TyOrExpr, 3705 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3706 3707 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3708 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3709 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3710 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3711 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3712 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3713 Expr *Operand, 3714 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3715 3716 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3717 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3718 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3719 void *TyOrExpr, 3720 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3721 3722 3723 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3724 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3725 3726 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3727 /// 3728 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3729 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3730 3731 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3732 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3733 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3734 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3735 3736 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3737 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3738 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3739 Sema &S; 3740 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3741 bool Enabled; 3742 3743 public: 3744 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3745 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3746 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3747 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3748 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3749 bool Enabled = true); 3750 3751 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3752 }; 3753 3754 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3755 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3756 /// 3757 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3758 /// 3759 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3760 /// capture list. 3761 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3762 3763 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3764 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3765 /// being defined. 3766 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3767 3768 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3769 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3770 3771 3772 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3773 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3774 3775 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3776 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3777 3778 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3779 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3780 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3781 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3782 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3783 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3784 3785 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3786 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3787 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3788 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3789 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3790 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3791 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3792 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3793 3794 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3795 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3796 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3797 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3798 3799 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3800 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3801 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3802 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3803 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3804 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3805 Expr *Initializer); 3806 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3807 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3808 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3809 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3810 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3811 QualType AllocType, 3812 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3813 Expr *ArraySize, 3814 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3815 Expr *Initializer, 3816 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3817 3818 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3819 SourceRange R); 3820 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3821 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3822 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3823 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3824 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3825 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3826 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3827 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3828 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3829 bool Diagnose = true); 3830 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3831 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3832 QualType Argument, 3833 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3834 3835 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3836 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3837 bool Diagnose = true); 3838 3839 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3840 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3841 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3842 Expr *Operand); 3843 3844 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3845 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3846 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3847 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3848 3849 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3850 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3851 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3852 SourceLocation RParen); 3853 3854 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3855 /// pseudo-functions. 3856 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3857 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3858 ParsedType Ty, 3859 SourceLocation RParen); 3860 3861 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3862 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3863 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3864 SourceLocation RParen); 3865 3866 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3867 /// pseudo-functions. 3868 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3869 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3870 ParsedType LhsTy, 3871 ParsedType RhsTy, 3872 SourceLocation RParen); 3873 3874 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3875 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3876 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3877 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3878 SourceLocation RParen); 3879 3880 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3881 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3882 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3883 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3884 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3885 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3886 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3887 3888 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3889 /// pseudo-functions. 3890 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3891 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3892 ParsedType LhsTy, 3893 Expr *DimExpr, 3894 SourceLocation RParen); 3895 3896 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3897 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3898 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3899 Expr *DimExpr, 3900 SourceLocation RParen); 3901 3902 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3903 /// pseudo-functions. 3904 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3905 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3906 Expr *Queried, 3907 SourceLocation RParen); 3908 3909 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3910 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3911 Expr *Queried, 3912 SourceLocation RParen); 3913 3914 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3915 Expr *Base, 3916 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3917 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3918 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3919 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3920 3921 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3922 3923 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3924 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3925 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3926 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3927 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3928 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3929 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3930 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3931 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3932 3933 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3934 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3935 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3936 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3937 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3938 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3939 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3940 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3941 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3942 3943 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3944 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3945 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3946 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3947 const DeclSpec& DS, 3948 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3949 3950 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3951 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3952 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3953 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3954 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3955 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3956 3957 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3958 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3959 : SourceLocation()); 3960 } 3961 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3962 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3963 3964 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3965 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3966 3967 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3968 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3969 bool EnteringContext = false); 3970 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3971 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3972 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3973 3974 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3975 /// 3976 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3977 /// 3978 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3979 /// 3980 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3981 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3982 /// 3983 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3984 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3985 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3986 3987 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3988 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3989 3990 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3991 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3992 IdentifierInfo &II, 3993 ParsedType ObjectType); 3994 3995 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3996 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3997 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3998 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3999 QualType ObjectType, 4000 bool EnteringContext, 4001 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4002 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4003 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4004 4005 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4006 /// 4007 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4008 /// 4009 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4010 /// 4011 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4012 /// 4013 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4014 /// 4015 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4016 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4017 /// 4018 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4019 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4020 /// 4021 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4022 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4023 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4024 /// including this new type). 4025 /// 4026 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4027 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4028 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4029 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4030 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4031 ParsedType ObjectType, 4032 bool EnteringContext, 4033 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4034 4035 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4036 4037 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4038 const DeclSpec &DS, 4039 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4040 4041 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4042 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4043 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4044 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4045 ParsedType ObjectType, 4046 bool EnteringContext); 4047 4048 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4049 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4050 /// 4051 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4052 /// 4053 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4054 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4055 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4056 /// including this new type). 4057 /// 4058 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4059 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4060 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4061 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4062 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4063 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4064 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4065 /// 4066 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4067 /// nested-name-specifier. 4068 /// 4069 /// 4070 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4071 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4072 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4073 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4074 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4075 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4076 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4077 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4078 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4079 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4080 bool EnteringContext); 4081 4082 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4083 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4084 /// nested-name-specifier. 4085 /// 4086 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4087 /// 4088 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4089 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4090 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4091 4092 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4093 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4094 /// 4095 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4096 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4097 /// 4098 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4099 /// 4100 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4101 /// of the annotation pointer. 4102 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4103 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4104 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4105 4106 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4107 4108 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4109 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4110 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4111 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4112 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4113 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4114 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4115 4116 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4117 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4118 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4119 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4120 /// defining scope. 4121 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4122 4123 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4124 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4125 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4126 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4127 /// class X. 4128 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4129 4130 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4131 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4132 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4133 4134 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4135 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4136 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4137 bool KnownDependent); 4138 4139 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4140 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4141 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4142 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4143 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4144 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4145 4146 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4147 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4148 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4149 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4150 bool ExplicitParams, 4151 bool ExplicitResultType, 4152 bool Mutable); 4153 4154 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4155 /// given lambda. 4156 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4157 4158 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4159 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4160 4161 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4162 /// statements present in the body. 4163 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4164 4165 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4166 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4167 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4168 /// lambda. 4169 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4170 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4171 4172 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4173 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4174 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4175 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4176 4177 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4178 /// was successfully completed. 4179 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4180 Scope *CurScope, 4181 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4182 4183 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4184 /// function pointer. 4185 /// 4186 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4187 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4188 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4189 /// block pointer conversion. 4190 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4191 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4192 4193 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4194 /// block pointer. 4195 /// 4196 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4197 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4198 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4199 /// block pointer conversion. 4200 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4201 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4202 4203 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4204 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4205 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4206 Expr *Src); 4207 4208 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4209 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4210 Expr **Strings, 4211 unsigned NumStrings); 4212 4213 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4214 4215 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4216 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4217 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4218 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4219 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4220 bool Value); 4221 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4222 4223 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4224 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4225 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4226 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4227 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4228 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4229 4230 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4231 Expr *IndexExpr, 4232 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4233 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4234 4235 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4236 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4237 unsigned NumElements); 4238 4239 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4240 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4241 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4242 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4243 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4244 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4245 4246 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4247 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4248 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4249 ParsedType Ty, 4250 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4251 4252 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4253 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4254 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4255 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4256 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4257 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4258 4259 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4260 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4261 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4262 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4263 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4264 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4265 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4266 4267 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4268 // C++ Declarations 4269 // 4270 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4271 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4272 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4273 StringRef Lang, 4274 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4275 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4276 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4277 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4278 4279 4280 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4281 // C++ Classes 4282 // 4283 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4284 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4285 4286 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4287 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4288 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4289 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4290 4291 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4292 Declarator &D, 4293 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4294 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4295 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4296 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4297 Expr *Init); 4298 4299 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4300 Scope *S, 4301 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4302 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4303 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4304 const DeclSpec &DS, 4305 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4306 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4307 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4308 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4309 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4310 4311 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4312 Scope *S, 4313 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4314 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4315 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4316 const DeclSpec &DS, 4317 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4318 Expr *InitList, 4319 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4320 4321 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4322 Scope *S, 4323 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4324 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4325 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4326 const DeclSpec &DS, 4327 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4328 Expr *Init, 4329 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4330 4331 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4332 Expr *Init, 4333 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4334 4335 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4336 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4337 Expr *Init, 4338 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4339 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4340 4341 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4342 Expr *Init, 4343 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4344 4345 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4346 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4347 4348 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4349 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4350 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4351 4352 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4353 4354 4355 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4356 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4357 /// referenced. 4358 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4359 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4360 4361 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4362 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4363 /// first use occurred. 4364 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4365 4366 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4367 /// materialized. 4368 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4369 4370 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4371 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4372 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4373 /// by code generation). 4374 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4375 4376 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4377 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4378 4379 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4380 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4381 DynamicClassesType; 4382 4383 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4384 /// unit. 4385 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4386 4387 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4388 /// given location. 4389 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4390 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4391 4392 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4393 /// in the given class as needed. 4394 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4395 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4396 4397 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4398 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4399 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4400 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4401 4402 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4403 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4404 /// vtables. 4405 /// 4406 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4407 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4408 4409 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4410 4411 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4412 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4413 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4414 unsigned NumMemInits, 4415 bool AnyErrors); 4416 4417 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4418 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4419 Decl *TagDecl, 4420 SourceLocation LBrac, 4421 SourceLocation RBrac, 4422 AttributeList *AttrList); 4423 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4424 4425 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4426 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4427 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4428 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4429 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4430 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4431 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4432 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4433 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4434 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4435 4436 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4437 Expr *AssertExpr, 4438 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4439 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4440 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4441 Expr *AssertExpr, 4442 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4443 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4444 bool Failed); 4445 4446 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4447 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4448 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4449 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4450 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4451 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4452 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4453 4454 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4455 StorageClass& SC); 4456 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4457 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4458 StorageClass& SC); 4459 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4460 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4461 StorageClass& SC); 4462 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4463 4464 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4465 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4466 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4467 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4468 4469 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4470 // C++ Derived Classes 4471 // 4472 4473 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4474 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4475 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4476 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4477 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4478 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4479 4480 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4481 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4482 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4483 ParsedType basetype, 4484 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4485 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4486 4487 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4488 unsigned NumBases); 4489 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4490 unsigned NumBases); 4491 4492 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4493 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4494 4495 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4496 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4497 4498 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4499 4500 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4501 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4502 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4503 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4504 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4505 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4506 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4507 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4508 DeclarationName Name, 4509 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4510 4511 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4512 4513 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4514 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4515 4516 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4517 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4518 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4519 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4520 4521 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4522 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4523 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4524 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4525 4526 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4527 4528 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4529 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4530 4531 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4532 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4533 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4534 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4535 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4536 4537 4538 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4539 // C++ Access Control 4540 // 4541 4542 enum AccessResult { 4543 AR_accessible, 4544 AR_inaccessible, 4545 AR_dependent, 4546 AR_delayed 4547 }; 4548 4549 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4550 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4551 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4552 4553 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4554 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4555 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4556 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4557 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4558 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4559 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4560 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4561 bool Diagnose = true); 4562 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4563 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4564 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4565 AccessSpecifier Access, 4566 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4567 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4568 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4569 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4570 AccessSpecifier Access, 4571 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4572 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4573 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4574 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4575 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4576 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4577 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4578 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4579 Expr *ArgExpr, 4580 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4581 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4582 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4583 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4584 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4585 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4586 unsigned DiagID, 4587 bool ForceCheck = false, 4588 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4589 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4590 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4591 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4592 AccessSpecifier access, 4593 QualType objectType); 4594 4595 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4596 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4597 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4598 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4599 4600 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4601 4602 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4603 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4604 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4605 4606 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4607 AbstractNone = -1, 4608 AbstractReturnType, 4609 AbstractParamType, 4610 AbstractVariableType, 4611 AbstractFieldType, 4612 AbstractIvarType, 4613 AbstractArrayType 4614 }; 4615 4616 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4617 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4618 template<typename T1> 4619 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4620 unsigned DiagID, 4621 const T1 &Arg1) { 4622 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4623 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4624 } 4625 4626 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4627 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4628 unsigned DiagID, 4629 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4630 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4631 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4632 } 4633 4634 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4635 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4636 unsigned DiagID, 4637 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4638 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4639 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4640 } 4641 4642 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4643 4644 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4645 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4646 4647 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4648 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4649 // 4650 4651 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4652 4653 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4654 4655 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4656 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4657 // 4658 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4659 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4660 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4661 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4662 4663 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4664 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4665 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4666 4667 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4668 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4669 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4670 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4671 ParsedType ObjectType, 4672 bool EnteringContext, 4673 TemplateTy &Template, 4674 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4675 4676 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4677 SourceLocation IILoc, 4678 Scope *S, 4679 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4680 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4681 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4682 4683 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4684 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4685 4686 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4687 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4688 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4689 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4690 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4691 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4692 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4693 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4694 4695 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4696 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4697 unsigned Depth, 4698 unsigned Position, 4699 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4700 Expr *DefaultArg); 4701 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4702 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4703 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4704 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4705 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4706 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4707 unsigned Depth, 4708 unsigned Position, 4709 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4710 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4711 4712 TemplateParameterList * 4713 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4714 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4715 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4716 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4717 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4718 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4719 4720 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4721 /// list. 4722 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4723 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4724 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4725 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4726 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4727 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4728 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4729 }; 4730 4731 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4732 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4733 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4734 TemplateParameterList * 4735 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4736 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4737 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4738 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4739 unsigned NumParamLists, 4740 bool IsFriend, 4741 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4742 bool &Invalid); 4743 4744 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4745 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4746 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4747 AttributeList *Attr, 4748 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4749 AccessSpecifier AS, 4750 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4751 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4752 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4753 4754 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4755 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4756 4757 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4758 4759 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4760 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4761 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4762 4763 TypeResult 4764 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4765 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4766 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4767 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4768 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4769 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4770 4771 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4772 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4773 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4774 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4775 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4776 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4777 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4778 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4779 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4780 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4781 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4782 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4783 4784 4785 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4786 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4787 LookupResult &R, 4788 bool RequiresADL, 4789 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4790 4791 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4792 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4793 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4794 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4795 4796 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4797 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4798 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4799 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4800 ParsedType ObjectType, 4801 bool EnteringContext, 4802 TemplateTy &Template); 4803 4804 DeclResult 4805 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4806 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4807 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4808 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4809 TemplateTy Template, 4810 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4811 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4812 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4813 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4814 AttributeList *Attr, 4815 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4816 4817 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4818 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4819 Declarator &D); 4820 4821 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4822 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4823 Declarator &D); 4824 4825 bool 4826 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4827 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4828 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4829 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4830 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4831 bool &SuppressNew); 4832 4833 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4834 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4835 LookupResult &Previous); 4836 4837 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4838 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4839 LookupResult &Previous); 4840 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4841 4842 DeclResult 4843 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4844 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4845 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4846 unsigned TagSpec, 4847 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4848 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4849 TemplateTy Template, 4850 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4851 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4852 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4853 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4854 AttributeList *Attr); 4855 4856 DeclResult 4857 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4858 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4859 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4860 unsigned TagSpec, 4861 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4862 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4863 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4864 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4865 AttributeList *Attr); 4866 4867 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4868 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4869 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4870 Declarator &D); 4871 4872 TemplateArgumentLoc 4873 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4874 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4875 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4876 Decl *Param, 4877 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4878 4879 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4880 /// argument is being checked. 4881 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4882 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4883 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4884 CTAK_Specified, 4885 4886 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4887 /// deduction. 4888 CTAK_Deduced, 4889 4890 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4891 /// via template argument deduction. 4892 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4893 }; 4894 4895 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4896 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4897 NamedDecl *Template, 4898 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4899 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4900 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4901 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4902 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4903 4904 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4905 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4906 /// 4907 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4908 /// provided. 4909 /// 4910 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4911 /// 4912 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4913 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4914 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4915 /// arguments. 4916 /// 4917 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4918 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4919 /// set of template arguments. 4920 /// 4921 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4922 /// arguments. 4923 /// 4924 /// 4925 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4926 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4927 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4928 /// 4929 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4930 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4931 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4932 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4933 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4934 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4935 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4936 4937 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4938 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4939 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4940 4941 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4942 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4943 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4944 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4945 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4946 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4947 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4948 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4949 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4950 4951 ExprResult 4952 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4953 QualType ParamType, 4954 SourceLocation Loc); 4955 ExprResult 4956 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4957 SourceLocation Loc); 4958 4959 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4960 /// for equality. 4961 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4962 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4963 /// that might be redeclarations. 4964 /// 4965 /// \code 4966 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4967 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4968 /// \endcode 4969 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4970 4971 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4972 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4973 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4974 /// 4975 /// \code 4976 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4977 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4978 /// \endcode 4979 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4980 4981 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4982 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4983 /// template parameter. 4984 /// 4985 /// \code 4986 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4987 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4988 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4989 /// \endcode 4990 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4991 }; 4992 4993 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4994 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4995 bool Complain, 4996 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4997 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4998 = SourceLocation()); 4999 5000 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5001 5002 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5003 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5004 /// 5005 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5006 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5007 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5008 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5009 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5010 TypeResult 5011 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5012 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5013 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5014 5015 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5016 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5017 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5018 /// 5019 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5020 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5021 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5022 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5023 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5024 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5025 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5026 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5027 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5028 TypeResult 5029 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5030 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5031 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5032 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5033 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5034 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5035 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5036 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5037 5038 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5039 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5040 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5041 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5042 SourceLocation IILoc); 5043 5044 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5045 SourceLocation Loc, 5046 DeclarationName Name); 5047 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5048 5049 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5050 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5051 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5052 5053 std::string 5054 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5055 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5056 5057 std::string 5058 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5059 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5060 unsigned NumArgs); 5061 5062 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5063 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5064 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5065 5066 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5067 /// being diagnosed. 5068 /// 5069 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5070 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5071 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5072 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5073 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5074 5075 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5076 UPPC_BaseType, 5077 5078 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5079 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5080 5081 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5082 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5083 5084 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5085 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5086 5087 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5088 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5089 5090 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5091 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5092 5093 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5094 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5095 5096 /// \brief A using declaration. 5097 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5098 5099 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5100 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5101 5102 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5103 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5104 5105 /// \brief An initializer. 5106 UPPC_Initializer, 5107 5108 /// \brief A default argument. 5109 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5110 5111 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5112 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5113 5114 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5115 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5116 5117 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5118 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5119 5120 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5121 UPPC_IfExists, 5122 5123 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5124 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5125 5126 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5127 UPPC_Lambda, 5128 5129 /// \brief Block expression, 5130 UPPC_Block 5131}; 5132 5133 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5134 /// 5135 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5136 /// 5137 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5138 /// parameter packs. 5139 /// 5140 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5141 /// 5142 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5143 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5144 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5145 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5146 5147 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5148 /// diagnose the error. 5149 /// 5150 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5151 /// 5152 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5153 /// packs. 5154 /// 5155 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5156 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5157 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5158 5159 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5160 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5161 /// 5162 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5163 /// parameter packs. 5164 /// 5165 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5166 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5167 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5168 5169 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5170 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5171 /// 5172 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5173 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5174 /// 5175 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5176 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5177 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5178 5179 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5180 /// diagnose the error. 5181 /// 5182 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5183 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5184 /// 5185 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5186 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5187 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5188 5189 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5190 /// diagnose the error. 5191 /// 5192 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5193 /// 5194 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5195 /// parameter packs. 5196 /// 5197 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5198 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5199 TemplateName Template, 5200 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5201 5202 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5203 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5204 /// 5205 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5206 /// parameter packs. 5207 /// 5208 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5209 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5210 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5211 5212 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5213 /// template argument. 5214 /// 5215 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5216 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5217 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5218 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5219 5220 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5221 /// template argument. 5222 /// 5223 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5224 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5225 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5226 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5227 5228 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5229 /// type. 5230 /// 5231 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5232 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5233 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5234 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5235 5236 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5237 /// type. 5238 /// 5239 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5240 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5241 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5242 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5243 5244 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5245 /// nested-name-specifier. 5246 /// 5247 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5248 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5249 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5250 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5251 5252 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5253 /// name. 5254 /// 5255 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5256 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5257 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5258 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5259 5260 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5261 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5262 /// 5263 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5264 /// may already be invalid. 5265 /// 5266 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5267 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5268 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5269 5270 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5271 /// creates a pack expansion. 5272 /// 5273 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5274 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5275 /// 5276 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5277 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5278 5279 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5280 /// expansion. 5281 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5282 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5283 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5284 5285 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5286 /// expansion. 5287 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5288 SourceRange PatternRange, 5289 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5290 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5291 5292 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5293 /// creates a pack expansion. 5294 /// 5295 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5296 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5299 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5300 5301 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5302 /// creates a pack expansion. 5303 /// 5304 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5305 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5306 /// 5307 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5308 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5309 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5310 5311 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5312 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5313 /// transforming the pattern. 5314 /// 5315 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5316 /// pack expansion. 5317 /// 5318 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5319 /// the pack expansion. 5320 /// 5321 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5322 /// pattern. 5323 /// 5324 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5325 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5326 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5327 /// 5328 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5329 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5330 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5331 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5332 /// 5333 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5334 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5335 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5336 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5337 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5338 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5339 /// set this value in other cases. 5340 /// 5341 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5342 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5343 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5344 /// must be set. 5345 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5346 SourceRange PatternRange, 5347 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5348 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5349 bool &ShouldExpand, 5350 bool &RetainExpansion, 5351 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5352 5353 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5354 /// type. 5355 /// 5356 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5357 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5358 /// 5359 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5360 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5361 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5362 5363 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5364 /// parameter packs. 5365 /// 5366 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5367 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5368 /// 5369 /// \code 5370 /// void f(T...); 5371 /// \endcode 5372 /// 5373 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5374 /// a variadic function. 5375 /// 5376 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5377 /// false otherwise. 5378 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5379 5380 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5381 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5382 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5383 5384 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5385 /// 5386 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5387 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5388 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5389 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5390 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5391 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5392 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5393 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5394 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5395 TDK_Success = 0, 5396 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5397 TDK_Invalid, 5398 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5399 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5400 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5401 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5402 /// for every template parameter. 5403 TDK_Incomplete, 5404 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5405 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5406 TDK_Inconsistent, 5407 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5408 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5409 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5410 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5411 TDK_Underqualified, 5412 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5413 /// resulted in an error. 5414 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5415 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5416 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5417 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5418 /// arguments provided. 5419 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5420 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5421 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5422 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5423 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5424 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5425 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5426 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5427 /// template arguments for the given template. 5428 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5429 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5430 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5431 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5432 }; 5433 5434 TemplateDeductionResult 5435 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5436 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5437 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5438 5439 TemplateDeductionResult 5440 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5441 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5442 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5443 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5444 QualType *FunctionType, 5445 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5446 5447 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5448 // deduction for a call. 5449 struct OriginalCallArg { 5450 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5451 unsigned ArgIdx, 5452 QualType OriginalArgType) 5453 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5454 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5455 5456 QualType OriginalParamType; 5457 unsigned ArgIdx; 5458 QualType OriginalArgType; 5459 }; 5460 5461 TemplateDeductionResult 5462 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5463 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5464 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5465 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5466 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5467 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5468 5469 TemplateDeductionResult 5470 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5471 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5472 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5473 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5474 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5475 5476 TemplateDeductionResult 5477 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5478 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5479 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5480 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5481 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5482 5483 TemplateDeductionResult 5484 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5485 QualType ToType, 5486 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5487 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5488 5489 TemplateDeductionResult 5490 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5491 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5492 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5493 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5494 5495 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5496 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5497 DAR_Succeeded, 5498 DAR_Failed, 5499 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5500 }; 5501 5502 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5503 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5504 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5505 5506 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5507 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5508 SourceLocation Loc, 5509 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5510 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5511 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5512 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5513 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5514 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5515 SourceLocation Loc, 5516 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5517 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5518 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5519 bool Complain = true, 5520 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5521 5522 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5523 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5524 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5525 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5526 SourceLocation Loc); 5527 5528 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5529 bool OnlyDeduced, 5530 unsigned Depth, 5531 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5532 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5533 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5534 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5535 } 5536 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5537 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5538 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5539 5540 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5541 // C++ Template Instantiation 5542 // 5543 5544 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5545 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5546 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5547 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5548 5549 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5550 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5551 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5552 enum InstantiationKind { 5553 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5554 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5555 TemplateInstantiation, 5556 5557 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5558 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5559 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5560 /// arguments as specified. 5561 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5562 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5563 5564 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5565 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5566 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5567 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5568 5569 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5570 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5571 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5572 5573 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5574 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5575 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5576 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5577 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5578 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5579 5580 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5581 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5582 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5583 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5584 5585 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5586 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5587 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5588 5589 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5590 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5591 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5592 } Kind; 5593 5594 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5595 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5596 5597 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5598 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5599 /// arguments. 5600 NamedDecl *Template; 5601 5602 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5603 Decl *Entity; 5604 5605 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5606 /// are not part of the entity. 5607 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5608 5609 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5610 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5611 5612 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5613 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5614 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5615 5616 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5617 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5618 /// template instantiation. 5619 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5620 5621 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5622 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5623 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5624 5625 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5626 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5627 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5628 5629 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5630 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5631 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5632 return false; 5633 5634 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5635 return false; 5636 5637 switch (X.Kind) { 5638 case TemplateInstantiation: 5639 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5640 return true; 5641 5642 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5643 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5644 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5645 return false; 5646 5647 // Fall through 5648 5649 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5650 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5651 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5652 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5653 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5654 5655 } 5656 5657 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5658 } 5659 5660 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5661 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5662 return !(X == Y); 5663 } 5664 }; 5665 5666 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5667 /// 5668 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5669 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5670 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5671 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5672 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5673 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5674 5675 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5676 /// template instantiation. 5677 /// 5678 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5679 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5680 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5681 5682 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5683 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5684 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5685 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5686 5687 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5688 /// error or warning was produced. 5689 /// 5690 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5691 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5692 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5693 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5694 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5695 5696 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5697 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5698 /// 5699 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5700 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5701 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5702 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5703 5704 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5705 /// within a \c Sema object. 5706 /// 5707 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5708 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5709 Sema &Self; 5710 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5711 5712 public: 5713 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5714 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5715 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5716 } 5717 5718 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5719 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5720 } 5721 }; 5722 5723 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5724 5725 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5726 /// 5727 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5728 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5729 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5730 5731 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5732 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5733 /// deduction. 5734 /// 5735 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5736 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5737 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5738 5739 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5740 /// instantiation. 5741 /// 5742 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5743 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5744 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5745 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5746 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5747 /// 5748 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5749 /// the stack. 5750 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5751 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5752 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5753 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5754 Decl *Entity, 5755 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5756 5757 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5758 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5759 /// of a function template. 5760 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5761 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5762 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5763 5764 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5765 /// template-id. 5766 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5767 TemplateDecl *Template, 5768 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5769 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5770 5771 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5772 /// template-id. 5773 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5774 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5775 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5776 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5777 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5778 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5779 5780 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5781 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5782 /// specialization. 5783 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5784 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5785 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5786 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5787 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5788 5789 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5790 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5791 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5792 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5793 5794 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5795 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5796 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5797 NamedDecl *Template, 5798 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5799 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5800 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5801 5802 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5803 NamedDecl *Template, 5804 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5805 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5806 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5807 5808 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5809 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5810 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5811 TemplateDecl *Template, 5812 NamedDecl *Param, 5813 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5814 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5815 5816 5817 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5818 void Clear(); 5819 5820 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5821 5822 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5823 /// recursive template instantiations. 5824 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5825 5826 private: 5827 Sema &SemaRef; 5828 bool Invalid; 5829 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5830 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5831 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5832 5833 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5834 5835 InstantiatingTemplate& 5836 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5837 }; 5838 5839 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5840 5841 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5842 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5843 /// errors. 5844 /// 5845 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5846 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5847 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5848 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5849 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5850 5851 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5852 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5853 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5854 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5855 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5856 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5857 } 5858 5859 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5860 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5861 /// deduction.` 5862 class SFINAETrap { 5863 Sema &SemaRef; 5864 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5865 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5866 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5867 5868 public: 5869 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5870 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5871 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5872 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5873 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5874 { 5875 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5876 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5877 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5878 } 5879 5880 ~SFINAETrap() { 5881 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5882 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5883 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5884 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5885 } 5886 5887 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5888 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5889 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5890 } 5891 }; 5892 5893 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5894 /// variables. 5895 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5896 5897 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5898 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5899 5900 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5901 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5902 5903 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5904 /// name lookup. 5905 /// 5906 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5907 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5908 /// string represents a keyword. 5909 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5910 5911 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5912 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5913 5914 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5915 /// 5916 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5917 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5918 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5919 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5920 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5921 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5922 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5923 5924 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5925 /// but have not yet been performed. 5926 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5927 5928 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5929 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5930 /// 5931 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5932 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5933 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5934 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5935 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5936 5937 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5938 5939 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5940 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5941 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5942 5943 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5944 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5945 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5946 5947 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5948 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5949 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5950 5951 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5952 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5953 SourceLocation Loc, 5954 DeclarationName Entity, 5955 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5956 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5957 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5958 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5959 int indexAdjustment, 5960 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5961 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5962 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5963 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5964 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5965 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5966 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5967 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5968 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5969 5970 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5971 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5972 /// 5973 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5974 /// 5975 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5976 /// 5977 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5978 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5979 /// 5980 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5981 /// 5982 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5983 /// 5984 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5985 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5986 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5987 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5988 5989 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5990 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5991 5992 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5993 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5994 5995 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5996 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5997 bool CXXDirectInit); 5998 5999 bool 6000 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6001 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6002 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6003 6004 bool 6005 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6006 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6007 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6008 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6009 bool Complain = true); 6010 6011 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6012 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6013 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6014 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6015 6016 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6017 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6018 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6019 Decl *NewDecl; 6020 6021 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6022 Decl *D) 6023 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6024 { } 6025 }; 6026 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6027 6028 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6029 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6030 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6031 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6032 6033 bool 6034 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6035 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6036 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6037 bool Complain = true); 6038 6039 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6040 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6041 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6042 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6043 6044 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6045 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6046 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6047 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6048 6049 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6050 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6051 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6052 6053 DeclarationNameInfo 6054 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6055 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6056 TemplateName 6057 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6058 SourceLocation Loc, 6059 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6060 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6061 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6062 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6063 6064 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6065 FunctionDecl *Function); 6066 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6067 FunctionDecl *Function, 6068 bool Recursive = false, 6069 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6070 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6071 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6072 VarDecl *Var, 6073 bool Recursive = false, 6074 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6075 6076 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6077 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6078 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6079 6080 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6081 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6082 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6083 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6084 6085 // Objective-C declarations. 6086 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6087 OCK_None = -1, 6088 OCK_Interface = 0, 6089 OCK_Protocol, 6090 OCK_Category, 6091 OCK_ClassExtension, 6092 OCK_Implementation, 6093 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6094 }; 6095 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6096 6097 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6098 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6099 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6100 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6101 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6102 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6103 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6104 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6105 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6106 AttributeList *AttrList); 6107 6108 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6109 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6110 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6111 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6112 6113 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6114 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6115 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6116 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6117 6118 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6119 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6120 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6121 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6122 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6123 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6124 AttributeList *AttrList); 6125 6126 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6127 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6128 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6129 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6130 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6131 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6132 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6133 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6134 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6135 6136 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6137 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6138 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6139 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6140 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6141 6142 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6143 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6144 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6145 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6146 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6147 6148 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6149 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6150 6151 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6152 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6153 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6154 unsigned NumElts); 6155 6156 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6157 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6158 unsigned NumElts, 6159 AttributeList *attrList); 6160 6161 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6162 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6163 unsigned NumProtocols, 6164 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6165 6166 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6167 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6168 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6169 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6170 SourceLocation Loc, 6171 unsigned &Attributes, 6172 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6173 6174 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6175 /// setters and getters as needed. 6176 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6177 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6178 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6179 /// in class extension. 6180 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6181 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6182 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6183 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6184 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6185 6186 6187 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6188 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6189 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6190 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6191 6192 6193 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6194 6195 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6196 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6197 6198 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6199 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6200 6201 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6202 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6203 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6204 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6205 6206 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6207 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6208 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6209 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6210 bool *OverridingProperty, 6211 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6212 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6213 6214 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6215 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6216 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6217 bool ImplKind, 6218 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6219 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6220 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6221 6222 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6223 OSMK_None, 6224 OSMK_Alloc, 6225 OSMK_New, 6226 OSMK_Copy, 6227 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6228 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6229 }; 6230 6231 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6232 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6233 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6234 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6235 // in this case. 6236 ParsedType Type; 6237 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6238 6239 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6240 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6241 }; 6242 6243 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6244 Scope *S, 6245 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6246 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6247 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6248 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6249 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6250 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6251 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6252 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6253 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6254 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6255 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6256 6257 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6258 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6259 bool IsInstance); 6260 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6261 bool IsInstance); 6262 6263 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6264 6265 ExprResult 6266 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6267 Expr *BaseExpr, 6268 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6269 DeclarationName MemberName, 6270 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6271 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6272 bool Super); 6273 6274 ExprResult 6275 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6276 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6277 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6278 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6279 6280 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6281 6282 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6283 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6284 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6285 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6286 ObjCSuperMessage, 6287 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6288 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6289 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6290 /// name. 6291 ObjCClassMessage 6292 }; 6293 6294 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6295 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6296 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6297 bool IsSuper, 6298 bool HasTrailingDot, 6299 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6300 6301 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6302 Selector Sel, 6303 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6304 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6305 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6306 MultiExprArg Args); 6307 6308 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6309 QualType ReceiverType, 6310 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6311 Selector Sel, 6312 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6313 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6314 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6315 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6316 MultiExprArg Args, 6317 bool isImplicit = false); 6318 6319 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6320 bool isSuperReceiver, 6321 SourceLocation Loc, 6322 Selector Sel, 6323 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6324 MultiExprArg Args); 6325 6326 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6327 ParsedType Receiver, 6328 Selector Sel, 6329 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6330 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6331 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6332 MultiExprArg Args); 6333 6334 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6335 QualType ReceiverType, 6336 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6337 Selector Sel, 6338 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6339 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6340 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6341 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6342 MultiExprArg Args, 6343 bool isImplicit = false); 6344 6345 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6346 QualType ReceiverType, 6347 SourceLocation Loc, 6348 Selector Sel, 6349 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6350 MultiExprArg Args); 6351 6352 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6353 Expr *Receiver, 6354 Selector Sel, 6355 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6356 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6357 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6358 MultiExprArg Args); 6359 6360 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6361 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6362 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6363 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6364 Expr *SubExpr); 6365 6366 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6367 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6368 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6369 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6370 ParsedType Type, 6371 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6372 Expr *SubExpr); 6373 6374 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6375 6376 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6377 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6378 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6379 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6380 bool IsImplementation); 6381 6382 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6383 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6384 RTC_Compatible, 6385 RTC_Incompatible, 6386 RTC_Unknown 6387 }; 6388 6389 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6390 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6391 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6392 6393 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6394 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6395 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6396 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6397 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6398 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6399 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6400 }; 6401 6402 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6403 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6404 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6405 6406 enum PragmaPackKind { 6407 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6408 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6409 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6410 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6411 }; 6412 6413 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6414 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6415 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6416 }; 6417 6418 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6419 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6420 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6421 Expr *Alignment, 6422 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6423 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6424 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6425 6426 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6427 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6428 6429 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6430 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6431 Scope *curScope, 6432 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6433 6434 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6435 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6436 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6437 6438 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6439 SourceLocation Loc); 6440 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6441 6442 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6443 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6444 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6445 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6446 6447 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6448 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6449 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6450 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6451 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6452 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6453 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6454 6455 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6456 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6457 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6458 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6459 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6460 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6461 6462 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6463 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6464 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6465 6466 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6467 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6468 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6469 6470 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6471 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6472 6473 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6474 void FreePackedContext(); 6475 6476 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6477 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6478 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6479 SourceLocation Loc); 6480 6481 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6482 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6483 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6484 6485 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6486 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6487 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6488 6489 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6490 void FreeVisContext(); 6491 6492 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6493 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6494 /// the appropriate attribute. 6495 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6496 6497 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6498 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6499 bool isDeclSpec); 6500 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6501 bool isDeclSpec); 6502 6503 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6504 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6505 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6506 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6507 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6508 CCK_CStyleCast, 6509 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6510 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6511 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6512 CCK_OtherCast 6513 }; 6514 6515 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6516 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6517 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6518 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6519 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6520 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6521 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6522 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6523 6524 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6525 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6526 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6527 6528 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6529 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6530 /// required. 6531 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6532 6533 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6534 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6535 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6536 6537 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6538 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6539 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6540 6541 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6542 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6543 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6544 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6545 6546 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6547 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6548 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6549 // type. 6550 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6551 6552 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6553 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6554 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6555 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6556 6557 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6558 enum VariadicCallType { 6559 VariadicFunction, 6560 VariadicBlock, 6561 VariadicMethod, 6562 VariadicConstructor, 6563 VariadicDoesNotApply 6564 }; 6565 6566 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6567 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6568 Expr *Fn); 6569 6570 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6571 // vararg function. 6572 enum VarArgKind { 6573 VAK_Valid, 6574 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6575 VAK_Invalid 6576 }; 6577 6578 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6579 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6580 6581 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6582 /// form of call prototypes. 6583 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6584 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6585 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6586 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6587 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6588 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6589 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6590 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6591 6592 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6593 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6594 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6595 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6596 6597 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6598 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6599 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6600 6601 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6602 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6603 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6604 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6605 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6606 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6607 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6608 6609 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6610 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6611 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6612 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6613 /// source and destination type. 6614 enum AssignConvertType { 6615 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6616 Compatible, 6617 6618 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6619 /// accept as an extension. 6620 PointerToInt, 6621 6622 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6623 /// accept as an extension. 6624 IntToPointer, 6625 6626 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6627 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6628 FunctionVoidPointer, 6629 6630 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6631 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6632 IncompatiblePointer, 6633 6634 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6635 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6636 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6637 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6638 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6639 6640 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6641 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6642 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6643 6644 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6645 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6646 /// like address spaces. 6647 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6648 6649 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6650 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6651 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6652 /// extension. 6653 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6654 6655 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6656 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6657 IncompatibleVectors, 6658 6659 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6660 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6661 IntToBlockPointer, 6662 6663 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6664 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6665 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6666 6667 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6668 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6669 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6670 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6671 6672 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6673 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6674 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6675 6676 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6677 /// represent it in the AST. 6678 Incompatible 6679 }; 6680 6681 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6682 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6683 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6684 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6685 SourceLocation Loc, 6686 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6687 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6688 bool *Complained = 0); 6689 6690 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6691 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6692 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6693 Expr *SrcExpr); 6694 6695 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6696 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6697 /// C99 6.5.16. 6698 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6699 QualType LHSType, 6700 QualType RHSType); 6701 6702 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6703 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6704 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6705 ExprResult &RHS, 6706 CastKind &Kind); 6707 6708 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6709 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6710 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6711 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6712 ExprResult &RHS, 6713 bool Diagnose = true); 6714 6715 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6716 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6717 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6718 ExprResult &RHS); 6719 6720 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6721 6722 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6723 6724 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6725 AssignmentAction Action, 6726 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6727 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6728 AssignmentAction Action, 6729 bool AllowExplicit, 6730 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6731 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6732 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6733 AssignmentAction Action, 6734 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6735 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6736 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6737 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6738 AssignmentAction Action, 6739 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6740 6741 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6742 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6743 6744 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6745 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6746 ExprResult &RHS); 6747 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6748 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6749 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6750 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6751 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6752 bool IsDivide); 6753 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6754 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6755 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6756 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6757 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6758 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6759 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6760 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6761 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6762 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6763 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6764 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6765 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6766 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6767 bool isRelational); 6768 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6769 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6770 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6771 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6772 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6773 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6774 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6775 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6776 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6777 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6778 6779 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6780 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6781 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6782 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6783 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6784 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6785 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6786 6787 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6788 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6789 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6790 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6791 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6792 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6793 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6794 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6795 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6796 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6797 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6798 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6799 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6800 NonStandardCompositeType); 6801 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6802 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6803 return Composite; 6804 } 6805 6806 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6807 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6808 6809 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6810 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6811 6812 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6813 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6814 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6815 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6816 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6817 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6818 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6819 SourceLocation Loc); 6820 6821 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6822 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6823 6824 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6825 6826 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6827 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6828 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6829 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6830 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6831 /// reference binding is not possible. 6832 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6833 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6834 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6835 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6836 Ref_Related, 6837 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6838 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6839 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6840 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6841 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6842 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6843 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6844 Ref_Compatible 6845 }; 6846 6847 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6848 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6849 bool &DerivedToBase, 6850 bool &ObjCConversion, 6851 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6852 6853 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6854 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6855 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6856 6857 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6858 /// given type. 6859 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6860 6861 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6862 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6863 /// 6864 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6865 /// argument is invalid. 6866 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6867 6868 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6869 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6870 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6871 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6872 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6873 CastKind &Kind); 6874 6875 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6876 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6877 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6878 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6879 // returns the cast expr 6880 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6881 CastKind &Kind); 6882 6883 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6884 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6885 Expr *CastExpr, 6886 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6887 6888 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6889 6890 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6891 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6892 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6893 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6894 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6895 6896 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6897 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6898 6899 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6900 QualType ExprType); 6901 6902 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6903 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6904 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6905 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6906 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6907 6908 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6909 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6910 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6911 6912 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6913 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6914 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6915 6916 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6917 /// \param Method - May be null. 6918 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6919 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6920 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6921 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6922 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6923 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6924 bool isSuperMessage, 6925 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6926 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6927 6928 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6929 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6930 /// and the form of the message send. 6931 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6932 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6933 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6934 6935 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6936 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6937 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6938 6939 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6940 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6941 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6942 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6943 /// 6944 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6945 /// 'if' keyword. 6946 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6947 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6948 6949 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6950 Expr *SubExpr); 6951 6952 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6953 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6954 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6955 6956 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6957 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6958 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6959 6960 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6961 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6962 6963 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6964 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6965 /// the specified diagnostic. 6966 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6967 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6968 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6969 6970 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6971 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6972 /// in the global scope. 6973 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6974 6975 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6976 /// expression violations. 6977 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6978 public: 6979 bool Suppress; 6980 6981 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6982 6983 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6984 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6985 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6986 }; 6987 6988 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6989 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6990 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6991 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6992 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6993 bool AllowFold = true); 6994 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6995 unsigned DiagID, 6996 bool AllowFold = true); 6997 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6998 6999 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7000 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7001 /// Returns false on success. 7002 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7003 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7004 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7005 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7006 7007 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7008 CFT_Device, 7009 CFT_Global, 7010 CFT_Host, 7011 CFT_HostDevice 7012 }; 7013 7014 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7015 7016 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7017 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7018 7019 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7020 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7021 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7022 } 7023 7024 /// \name Code completion 7025 //@{ 7026 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7027 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7028 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7029 PCC_Namespace, 7030 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7031 PCC_Class, 7032 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7033 /// or category. 7034 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7035 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7036 /// category implementation 7037 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7038 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7039 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7040 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7041 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7042 /// headers. 7043 PCC_Template, 7044 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7045 /// headers within a class. 7046 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7047 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7048 PCC_Expression, 7049 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7050 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7051 PCC_Statement, 7052 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7053 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7054 PCC_ForInit, 7055 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7056 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7057 PCC_Condition, 7058 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7059 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7060 /// in the grammar. 7061 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7062 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7063 PCC_Type, 7064 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7065 /// might also be a type cast. 7066 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7067 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7068 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7069 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7070 }; 7071 7072 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7073 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7074 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7075 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7076 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7077 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7078 7079 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7080 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7081 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7082 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7083 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7084 bool IsArrow); 7085 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7086 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7087 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7088 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7089 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7090 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7091 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7092 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7093 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7094 7095 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7096 bool EnteringContext); 7097 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7098 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7099 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7100 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7101 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7102 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7103 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7104 unsigned NumInitializers); 7105 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7106 bool AfterAmpersand); 7107 7108 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7109 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7110 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7111 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7112 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7113 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7114 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7115 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7116 bool IsParameter); 7117 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7118 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7119 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7120 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7121 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7122 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7123 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7124 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7125 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7126 bool IsSuper = false); 7127 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7128 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7129 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7130 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7131 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7132 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7133 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7134 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7135 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7136 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7137 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7138 unsigned NumProtocols); 7139 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7140 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7141 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7142 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7143 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7144 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7145 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7146 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7147 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7148 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7149 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7150 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7151 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7152 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7153 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7154 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7155 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7156 ParsedType ReturnType); 7157 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7158 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7159 bool AtParameterName, 7160 ParsedType ReturnType, 7161 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7162 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7163 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7164 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7165 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7166 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7167 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7168 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7169 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7170 unsigned Argument); 7171 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7172 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7173 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7174 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7175 //@} 7176 7177 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7178 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7179 7180public: 7181 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7182 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7183 7184private: 7185 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7186 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7187 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7188 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7189 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7190 // FunctionDeclaration. 7191 struct FormatStringInfo { 7192 unsigned FormatIdx; 7193 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7194 bool HasVAListArg; 7195 }; 7196 7197 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7198 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7199 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7200 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7201 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7202 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7203 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7204 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7205 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7206 Expr **Args, 7207 unsigned NumArgs, 7208 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7209 SourceLocation Loc); 7210 7211 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7212 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7213 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7214 VariadicCallType CallType); 7215 7216 7217 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7218 7219 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7220 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7221 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7222 7223 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7224 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7225 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7226 7227public: 7228 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7229 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7230 7231private: 7232 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7233 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7234 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7235 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7236 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7237 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7238 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7239 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7240 7241 enum FormatStringType { 7242 FST_Scanf, 7243 FST_Printf, 7244 FST_NSString, 7245 FST_Strftime, 7246 FST_Strfmon, 7247 FST_Kprintf, 7248 FST_Unknown 7249 }; 7250 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7251 7252 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7253 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7254 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7255 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7256 }; 7257 7258 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7259 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7260 bool HasVAListArg, 7261 unsigned format_idx, 7262 unsigned firstDataArg, 7263 FormatStringType Type, 7264 VariadicCallType CallType, 7265 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7266 7267 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7268 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7269 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7270 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7271 VariadicCallType CallType); 7272 7273 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7274 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7275 VariadicCallType CallType, 7276 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7277 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7278 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7279 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7280 VariadicCallType CallType, 7281 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7282 7283 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7284 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7285 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7286 7287 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7288 unsigned BId, 7289 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7290 7291 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7292 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7293 7294 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7295 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7296 7297 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7298 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7299 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7300 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7301 7302 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7303 Expr *Init); 7304 7305public: 7306 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7307 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7308 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7309 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7310 7311 struct TypeTagData { 7312 TypeTagData() {} 7313 7314 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7315 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7316 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7317 {} 7318 7319 QualType Type; 7320 7321 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7322 /// layout-compatibility. 7323 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7324 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7325 }; 7326 7327 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7328 /// identifies the magic value. 7329 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7330 7331private: 7332 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7333 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7334 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7335 7336 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7337 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7338 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7339 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7340 7341 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7342 /// 7343 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7344 Scope *CurScope; 7345 7346protected: 7347 friend class Parser; 7348 friend class InitializationSequence; 7349 friend class ASTReader; 7350 friend class ASTWriter; 7351 7352public: 7353 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7354 /// 7355 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7356 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7357 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7358 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7359 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7360 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7361 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7362 7363 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7364 7365 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7366 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7367 } 7368 7369 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7370 7371 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7372 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7373 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7374 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7375 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7376 return DC; 7377 } 7378}; 7379 7380/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7381class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7382 Sema &Actions; 7383 7384public: 7385 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7386 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7387 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7388 bool IsDecltype = false) 7389 : Actions(Actions) { 7390 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7391 IsDecltype); 7392 } 7393 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7394 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7395 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7396 bool IsDecltype = false) 7397 : Actions(Actions) { 7398 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7399 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7400 IsDecltype); 7401 } 7402 7403 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7404 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7405 } 7406}; 7407 7408} // end namespace clang 7409 7410#endif 7411